Indenture



 Exhibit 4.3 

 
  
  

 
 TAMINCO ACQUISITION
CORPORATION 
 as Issuer 
 and the Guarantors party hereto from time to time 
 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK
Toggle Notes due 2017 
  
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of December 18, 2012 
  
  

Wilmington Trust, National Association 
 as Trustee 
  
  

 







 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 Page

	ARTICLE I
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
				
	SECTION	 	1.01.	 	Definitions	  	1
	SECTION	 	1.02.	 	Other Definitions	  	37
	SECTION	 	1.03.	 	Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:	  	38
	
	ARTICLE II
	
	THE NOTES
				
	SECTION	 	2.01.	 	Amount of Notes	  	39
	SECTION	 	2.02.	 	Form and Dating	  	40
	SECTION	 	2.03.	 	Execution and Authentication	  	41
	SECTION	 	2.04.	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	42
	SECTION	 	2.05.	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	42
	SECTION	 	2.06.	 	Holder Lists	  	42
	SECTION	 	2.07.	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	43
	SECTION	 	2.08.	 	Replacement Notes	  	44
	SECTION	 	2.09.	 	Outstanding Notes	  	44
	SECTION	 	2.10.	 	Cancellation	  	44
	SECTION	 	2.11.	 	Defaulted Interest	  	45
	SECTION	 	2.12.	 	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc	  	45
	SECTION	 	2.13.	 	Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes	  	45
	
	ARTICLE III
	
	REDEMPTION
				
	SECTION	 	3.01.	 	Redemption	  	45
	SECTION	 	3.02.	 	Applicability of Article	  	46
	SECTION	 	3.03.	 	Notices to Trustee	  	46
	SECTION	 	3.04.	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	46
	SECTION	 	3.05.	 	Notice of Optional Redemption	  	46
	SECTION	 	3.06.	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	47
	SECTION	 	3.07.	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	47
	SECTION	 	3.08.	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	48
	
	ARTICLE IV
	
	COVENANTS
				
	SECTION	 	4.01.	 	Payment of Notes	  	48
	SECTION	 	4.02.	 	Reports and Other Information	  	48
	SECTION	 	4.03.	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	51
	SECTION	 	4.04.	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	58









 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(cont’d) 
  


							
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 Page

	SECTION	 	4.05.	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	64
	SECTION	 	4.06.	 	Asset Sales	  	66
	SECTION	 	4.07.	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	69
	SECTION	 	4.08.	 	Change of Control	  	72
	SECTION	 	4.09.	 	Compliance Certificate	  	74
	SECTION	 	4.10.	 	Further Instruments and Acts	  	75
	SECTION	 	4.11.	 	Future Guarantors	  	75
	SECTION	 	4.12.	 	Liens	  	75
	SECTION	 	4.13.	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	76
	SECTION	 	4.14.	 	Covenant Suspension	  	76
	SECTION	 	4.15.	 	Maintenance of Insurance	  	77
	
	ARTICLE V
	
	SUCCESSOR COMPANY
				
	SECTION	 	5.01.	 	When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets	  	78
	
	ARTICLE VI
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
				
	SECTION	 	6.01.	 	Events of Default	  	79
	SECTION	 	6.02.	 	Acceleration	  	81
	SECTION	 	6.03.	 	Other Remedies	  	81
	SECTION	 	6.04.	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	81
	SECTION	 	6.05.	 	Control by Majority	  	82
	SECTION	 	6.06.	 	Limitation on Suits	  	82
	SECTION	 	6.07.	 	Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment	  	82
	SECTION	 	6.08.	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	83
	SECTION	 	6.09.	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	83
	SECTION	 	6.10.	 	Priorities	  	83
	SECTION	 	6.11.	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	84
	SECTION	 	6.12.	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	84
	
	ARTICLE VII
	
	TRUSTEE
				
	SECTION	 	7.01.	 	Duties of Trustee	  	84
	SECTION	 	7.02.	 	Rights of Trustee	  	85
	SECTION	 	7.03.	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	87
	SECTION	 	7.04.	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	87
	SECTION	 	7.05.	 	Notice of Defaults	  	88
	SECTION	 	7.06.	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	88
	SECTION	 	7.07.	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	89
	SECTION	 	7.08.	 	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	90
	SECTION	 	7.09.	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	90
	SECTION	 	7.10.	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	90


  
 ii 










 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(cont’d) 
  


							
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 Page

	ARTICLE VIII
	
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
				
	SECTION	 	8.01.	 	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	91
	SECTION	 	8.02.	 	Conditions to Defeasance	  	92
	SECTION	 	8.03.	 	Application of Trust Money	  	93
	SECTION	 	8.04.	 	Repayment to Issuer	  	93
	SECTION	 	8.05.	 	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	93
	SECTION	 	8.06.	 	Reinstatement	  	93
	
	ARTICLE IX
	
	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
				
	SECTION	 	9.01.	 	Without Consent of the Holders	  	94
	SECTION	 	9.02.	 	With Consent of the Holders	  	95
	SECTION	 	9.03.	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.	  	96
	SECTION	 	9.04.	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	96
	SECTION	 	9.05.	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	96
	SECTION	 	9.06.	 	Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount	  	97

  

							
	ARTICLE X
	
	GUARANTEE
				
	SECTION	 	10.01.	 	Guarantee	  	97
	SECTION	 	10.02.	 	Limitation on Liability	  	99
	SECTION	 	10.03.	 	Taxes With Respect to Guarantees of Foreign Subsidiaries	  	100
	SECTION	 	10.04.	 	Successors and Assigns	  	101
	SECTION	 	10.05.	 	No Waiver	  	101
	SECTION	 	10.06.	 	Modification	  	102
	SECTION	 	10.07.	 	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors	  	102
	SECTION	 	10.08.	 	Non-Impairment	  	102
	
	ARTICLE XI
	
	MISCELLANEOUS
				
	SECTION	 	11.01.	 	Notices	  	102
	SECTION	 	11.02.	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	103
	SECTION	 	11.03.	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	104
	SECTION	 	11.04.	 	When Notes Disregarded	  	104
	SECTION	 	11.05.	 	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	104
	SECTION	 	11.06.	 	Legal Holidays	  	104
	SECTION	 	11.07.	 	GOVERNING LAW	  	104


  
 iii










 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(cont’d) 
  


							
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 Page

	SECTION	 	11.08.	 	No Recourse Against Others	  	104
	SECTION	 	11.09.	 	Successors	  	105
	SECTION	 	11.10.	 	Multiple Originals	  	105
	SECTION	 	11.11.	 	Table of Contents; Headings	  	105
	SECTION	 	11.12.	 	Indenture Controls	  	105
	SECTION	 	11.13.	 	Severability	  	105
	SECTION	 	11.14.	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	105

  

							
	Appendix A	 	  –    	 	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes and Additional Notes


  
 iv 










 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(cont’d) 
  


							
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Page

		 		 	EXHIBIT INDEX	 	
				
	Exhibit A	 	  –    	 	Form of Initial Note	 	
	Exhibit B	 	  –    	 	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation	 	
	Exhibit C-1	 	  –    	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture Related to Guarantors	 	
	Exhibit C-2	 	  –    	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture for Certain Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries	 	


  
 v 








 INDENTURE dated as of December 18, 2012 between TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (i) $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 9.125% /
9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) Additional Notes issued from time to time (together with the Initial Notes, and any PIK Notes issued from time to time as
permitted hereby, the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such
other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition of the equity of Taminco Group Holdings S.à r.l. indirectly by Taminco. 

“Acquisition Date” means February 15, 2012, which is the day upon which the Acquisition was consummated.

 “Additional Notes” means Notes issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date
(excluding any PIK Notes). 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such
Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Applicable Premium”
means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1% of the then
outstanding principal amount of the Note; and 







 (2) the excess of: 

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at December 15, 2013 (such
redemption price being set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Note) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through December 15, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the then outstanding principal
amount of the Note. 
 The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine or verify the Applicable Premium. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction)
outside the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 in each case other than: 
 (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or
Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04;

 (d) any disposition of assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity
Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $20 million; 

(e) any disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to the
Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (f) any exchange of assets (including a combination of assets and
Cash Equivalents) for assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 

  
 2 








 (g) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other
asset of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or
Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any
real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (j) any sale of inventory or other assets in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (k) any grant in the ordinary course of business of any license of patents,
trademarks, know-how or any other intellectual property; 
 (l) in the ordinary course of business, any swap of
assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 (m) a transfer of accounts
receivable and related assets pursuant to the Factoring Facility or of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified
Receivables Financing; 
 (n) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or asset securitization permitted by this Indenture; 
 (o) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 
 (p) any
disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such
Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or
acquisition; 
 (q) the sale of any property in a Sale/Leaseback Transaction within twelve months of the
acquisition of such property; 
 (r) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; and 

  
 3 








 (s) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release,
recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and
all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time
(including after termination of the Credit Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer whether or not a
claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 

“Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if
such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City. 

“Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares; 
 (2)
in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of
the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Development
Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or
internally developed software and software enhancements, product development testing, approval and registration that, in conformity with GAAP in effect as of the Issue Date, are permitted to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated
balance sheet of such Person and such Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the
time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance
with GAAP in effect as of the Issue Date. 

  
 4 








 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or, in the case
of any Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case
maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having
capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency); 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered
into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5)
commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings
agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (6) readily marketable direct
obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably
equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and 
 (8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above. 

“CFC” means a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code. 

  
 5 








 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the
assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders; 
 (2) the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule
13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; or 

(3) the Issuer ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor
provision), directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Taminco (or any successor thereto to the extent Taminco is consolidated into or merged with or into such Person in accordance with the terms of this Indenture),
except to the extent Taminco is merged with and into the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment
benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such
expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations and
excluding unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses attributable to Hedging Obligations, amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees);
plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries that are Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus 
 (3) commissions, discounts, yield and other
fees and charges Incurred in connection with any Receivables Financing (but not in connection with the Factoring Facility) which are payable to Persons other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; minus 

  
 6 








 (4) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that: 

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto)
or expenses or charges, any severance expenses, relocation expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration
of fixed assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to new product lines, facilities closing costs, acquisition integration costs, facilities opening costs, project start-up costs, business optimization costs, signing,
retention or completion bonuses, expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case,
whether or not successful), and any fees, expenses, charges or change of control payments related to the Transactions, in each case, shall be excluded; 
 (2) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the
application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 

(3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles (which
shall in no case include any change in the comprehensive basis of accounting) during such period; 
 (4) any net
after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded; 

(5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business
dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer) shall be excluded; 
 (6) any net after-tax gains or losses, or any subsequent charges or expenses, (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness, Hedging
Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 

  
 7 








 (7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of
such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted
into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 
 (8) solely for
the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (1) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be
excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been
obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless
such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions (a) have been legally waived or (b) are permitted under Section 4.05; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be
increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; 

(9) an amount equal to the amount of Tax Distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in
respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period; 

(10) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles
arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (11) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option
plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights, shall be excluded; 

(12) any (a) non-cash compensation charges, (b) costs and expenses after the Issue Date related to employment of
terminated employees, or (c) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights existing on the Issue Date of officers, directors and employees, in each case of
such Person or any such Subsidiary, shall be excluded; 
 (13) accruals and reserves that are established or
adjusted within 12 months after the Acquisition Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded; 

  
 8 








 (14) (a) the Net Income of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to, or adding the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid
in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties and (b) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other payment paid in cash and received from any Person
in excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included; 
 (15) any unrealized gains and losses
related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, and any unrealized net loss or gain resulting from hedging transactions for interest rates or currency exchange risk, shall be excluded; 

(16) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that
there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within
365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded; 

(17) Capitalized Development Expenditures shall be excluded; and 

(18) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded (except to the extent reversing a
previously recognized increase to net income). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only,
there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase
the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04 pursuant to clauses (4) and (5) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit” contained therein. For purposes of determining Cumulative Credit, Consolidated
Net Income presented in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be converted to U.S. Dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency during, and applied to, each fiscal quarter in the period for which Consolidated Net Income is being
calculated. 
 “Consolidated Non-Cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the non-cash
expenses (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance
with GAAP, provided that if any such non-cash expenses represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future
period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period. 

  
 9 








 “Consolidated Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, property and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations)
and any Tax Distributions taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Income. 
 “Contingent
Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the
“primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 

(2) to advance or supply funds: 
 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose
of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the designated office of the Trustee in the United States of America at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office
at the dated hereof is located at 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105, Guilford, CT 06437, Attention: Taminco Administrator, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal
corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer). 
 “Credit Agreement” means (i) Credit Agreement, dated as of the Acquisition Date, among the Taminco Intermediate Corporation, Taminco, the financial institutions named therein, and
Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified
from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any
successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause
(i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of 

  
 10 









 
credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances) or
(C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated,
replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Credit Agreement Documents” means the
collective reference to any Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid,
refinanced or otherwise modified, in whole or in part, from time to time. 
 “Cumulative Credit” means the sum
of (without duplication): 
 (1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting
period), from January 1, 2012 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income for such
period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) plus 
 (2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the
Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash, received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net proceeds to the extent such net proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii)) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred
Stock, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), plus 

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Issuer received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined
in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock and other than contributions to the extent such
contributions have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii)), plus 
 (4) 100% of the principal amount of any Indebtedness or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer (provided in the case of any such parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished), plus 

  
 11 









 (5) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash
and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from: 
 (a) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of
such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) and from repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constituted Restricted
Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b)), 
 (b) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or 

(c) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Investment of the Issuer or the Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the fair market value of such investment shall exceed $40 million, shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of
the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted
Investment). 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value (as determined in good
faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the
basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date
thereof. 

  
 12 









 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a
change of control or asset sale), 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of
such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or 
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof,
in whole or in part (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), 
 in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of
the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at
the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its
Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or
as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital
Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 
 “EBITDA” means, with
respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus 

(2) Fixed Charges; plus 
 (3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense; plus 

(4) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges; plus 

(5) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation or Amortization Expense) related to any issuance of
Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such
fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related
to the Factoring Facility or any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 
 (6) business optimization
expenses and other restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the effect of inventory optimization programs, facility closures, facility consolidations, retention, severance,
systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges); plus 

  
 13 









 (7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the
Factoring Facility or a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or
employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance
of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative Credit; plus 

(9) the amount of any management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the
Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period; plus 
 (10) all
adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” under “Summary” in the Offering
Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such period; 
 less,
without duplication, 
 (11) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the
recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period).

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock
(but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity
Offering” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or such direct or indirect parent’s common Capital Stock
registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any of its Subsidiaries; and 

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 

“Equity Restricted Payment” means each of (i) the payment of any cash dividend and/or the making of any cash
distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s Equity Interests, (ii) the purchase or other acquisition or retirement for cash (collectively, “acquisitions”) of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer for the purpose of (x) paying any cash dividend or making any cash payment or distribution to or (y) acquiring Equity 

  
 14 









 
Interest of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from in the case of either (x) or (y), any holder of the Issuer’s, or such parent of the Issuer’s, Equity Interests
(including, without limitation, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) but excluding acquisitions of Equity Interests of the type in clauses (iii) and (xiii) of Section 4.04(b) and (iii) the guarantee of any Indebtedness of
any Affiliate of the Company incurred for the purpose of paying any such cash dividend, making any such cash payment or distribution or so acquiring for cash any such Equity Interests to or from any holder of the Issuer’s, or the parent of the
Issuer’s, Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) to the extent, in the case of any of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), by means of utilization of (A) the Cumulative Credit or
(B) any exception provided by clauses (v) or (viii) of Section 4.04(b) or clauses (9), (10), (15) or (20) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.” 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their
Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer) received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock)
of the Issuer, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or promptly
after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be. 

“Existing Notes” means the 9.75% Second-Priority Senior Notes due 2020 of Taminco outstanding on the Issue Date.

 “Factoring Facility” means the non-recourse factoring facility contemplated by the Non-Recourse Factoring
Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, between Taminco BVBA (Taminco NV) (and certain of its affiliates), on the one hand, and Fortis Commercial Finance N.V., on the other hand, as the same has been and may be amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time; provided that the amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified facility shall be a comparable non-recourse factoring facility to that in effect on the Issue Date or shall be a Receivables
Financing. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be
negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. 

“First Priority Lien Obligations” means all Indebtedness (including Bank Indebtedness) secured by a first priority lien
on the collateral securing the Existing Notes; 

  
 15 









 
provided that, solely for the purpose of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio under clause (i) of Section 4.03(b) all Indebtedness incurred in reliance on such clause shall be deemed
to be a First Priority Lien Obligation. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other
than in the case of any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation
Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the
commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.

 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations,
consolidations and discontinued operations, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference
period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations,
consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If
since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be
made in good faith by a responsible financial or 

  
 16 









 
accounting officer of the Issuer or Taminco, as applicable. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as
set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event, and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in
connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such
adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 If any Indebtedness bears a floating
rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging
Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of the Issuer or Taminco, as applicable, to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any
Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined
at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the
Issuer or Taminco, as applicable, may designate. 
 For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S.
dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the
applicable period. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing
costs) of such Person for such period, and 
 (2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of
America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards


  
 17 









 
Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time, it being understood
that, for purposes of this Indenture, all references to codified accounting standards specifically named in this Indenture shall be deemed to include any successor, replacement, amended or updated accounting standard under GAAP. 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political
subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or
pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank). 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee;
provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest
rates or commodity prices. 
 “holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note
is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise
become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be
Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
Person: 
 (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, 

  
 18 









 
without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except any such balance that (i) constitutes
a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and
(iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease
Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability (or in the case of (e), an asset or a liability) on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes
thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any
obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the obligations referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business); and 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on
any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the
Issuer) of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; 
 provided,
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues;
(3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) Hedging Obligations entered into prior to the Issue Date; or
(5) Obligations under or in respect of the Factoring Facility or any Qualified Receivables Financing. 
 Notwithstanding
anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such
effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have
constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing, that is, in the good faith
determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

  
 19 









 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or
the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (other than Cash Equivalents), 
 (2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or
equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and 
 (4)
corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates)
in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the
ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of such
Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and
Section 4.04: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

 (a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less

 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market
Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) at the time of such transfer, in each case as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 

  
 20 









 “Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued.

 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar
encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other
agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating
lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Management Group” means the group consisting of the directors,
executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on the Acquisition Date together with (1) any new directors whose election by such boards of directors or whose
nomination for election by the shareholders of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as
applicable, then still in office who were either directors on the Acquisition Date or whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors on the Acquisition Date together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as
applicable. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency
business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the profit (loss) for the period or net
income (loss), as applicable, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any
Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of
principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other
non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales
commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related solely to such disposition
and including Tax Distributions paid or payable as a result thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a
result of such transaction, and any deduction of 

  
 21 









 
appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer
after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such
transaction. 
 “Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly
means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments,
redemptions and offers to purchase; provided, however, that if any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes issued on the Issue Date for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes; and references to the “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount
of outstanding Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment. 
 “Notes Obligations” means
Obligations in respect of the Notes and this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of third parties other than the Trustee and the holders of the Notes. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated December 13, 2012 relating to the issuance of the
Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer,
President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer that meets
the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal
counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer. 
 “Pari Passu
Indebtedness” means (1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payments to the Notes; and (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari
passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each
of (i) the Sponsor, (ii) the Management Group, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Issuer and/or Taminco and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting


  
 22 









 
power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor
provision), other than the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership
of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member
and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder
Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its
Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not
constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment
consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the
Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (6) advances to employees, taken together
with all other advances made pursuant to this clause (6), not to exceed $5 million at any one time outstanding; 

(7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for any other Investment or
accounts receivable held by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a
result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

  
 23 









 (8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x); 

(9) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value
(as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at
the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause
(9) is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed
to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(10) Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good
faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100 million and (y) 5.5% of Total Assets at the time of such
Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any
Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made
pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(11) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and
other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the definition of “Cumulative
Credit”; 
 (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and
made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (iv), (vi), (ix)(B), (xv) and (xvi) of such paragraph); 

  
 24 









 (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual
property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 
 (15) guarantees issued in accordance
with Section 4.03 and Section 4.11, including, without limitation, any guarantee or other obligation issued or Incurred under the Credit Agreement in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries (including with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of drawings under, such letters of credit); 
 (16) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property;

 (17) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other
Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; 

(18) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries, Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business; and Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit
and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; 
 (19) any Investment
in an entity which is not a Restricted Subsidiary to which a Restricted Subsidiary sells accounts receivable pursuant to a Receivables Financing; 
 (20) additional Investments in joint ventures not to exceed at any one time in the aggregate outstanding under this clause (20) $50 million; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant
to this clause (20) is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall
thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20) for so long as such Person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(21) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with or
consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or
consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation. 

  
 25 









 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case
for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for
review; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to
penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens in
favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such
Person; 
 (6)(A) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03; 
  

	 	(B)	Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of Section 4.03(b); and 


 

	 	(C)	Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses (iv) or (xii) of Section 4.03(b); 


(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Credit Agreement); 

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided,
however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 26 









 (9) Liens on assets or property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens (other than Liens to service
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (xvi) of Section 4.03(b)) are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens (other than Liens to service
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (xvi) of Section 4.03(b)) may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such
Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition); 
 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to
Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness; 

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of
the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor; 
 (16) Liens on
accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 

(17) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(19) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 27 









 (20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or
replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however,
that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any
amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this
Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further, however, that in the case of any Liens to secure any
refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (6)(B), the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal shall be deemed secured by a Lien
under clause (6)(B) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (6)(B) and for the purpose of Section 4.03(b)(i); 

(21) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the
Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located; 
 (22) judgment
and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made; 

(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods
entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to
implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business; 
 (25) other Liens securing obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 (27) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds
issued for the benefit of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under any indenture issued in escrow pursuant to customary escrow arrangements pending the release thereof, or under any indenture pursuant to customary discharge, redemption or
defeasance provisions; and 
 (28) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to
banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution. 

  
 28 









 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

“Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following
conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified
Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Receivables Subsidiary; 

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Issuer); and 
 (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other
provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Bank Indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of the
Notes or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Notes shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 

“Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate
the Notes for reasons outside of the Issuer’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15cs-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Issuer, the Issuer or any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables
Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with, any Receivables Financing. 
 “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of
transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or
any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such
accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations
entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable. 

  
 29 









 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of
receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any
asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in Qualified Receivables Financing with the Issuer in which the
Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts
receivable of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated
by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and: 
 (a) no portion of the
Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness)
pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the
Issuer or any other Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; 
 (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less
favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer; and 
 (c) to which none of the Issuer or its other Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating
results. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time


  
 30 









 
shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have
direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash
Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed to the Issuer, except for such cash and Cash Equivalents subject only to such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness
permitted under this Indenture and that are secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents. 
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means,
with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

 “Reversion Date” means the date on which one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade
Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating. 
 “Sale/Leaseback
Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Indebtedness
constituting First-Priority Lien Obligations (to the extent such Indebtedness is Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (1)(a), 1(b) (other than Indebtedness in respect of performance bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees),
(1)(d) and (1)(e) (to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to currency or indebtedness for borrowed money) of the definition of Indebtedness, and guarantee obligations with respect to any of the foregoing) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the


  
 31 









 
period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the
“Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance,
repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to
the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to
be an Incurrence at such subsequent time. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments,
acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro
forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA
resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business,
that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued
operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any
Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period. Additionally, for purposes of making the computation referred to above, the net asset or liability attributable to Hedging Obligations will be included in First Priority Lien Obligations in the proportion of (i) the amount
of U.S. dollar denominated indebtedness for borrowed money constituting First Priority Lien Obligations to (ii) U.S. dollar denominated indebtedness for borrowed money, in each case, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro
forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer or Taminco, as applicable. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith
determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event and (2) all
adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set 

  
 32 









 
forth in footnote (3) to the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be
applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars
will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the
applicable period. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that
would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision). 
 “Similar Business” means any business, engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary,
complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business in which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date. 
 “Sponsor” means (i) Apollo Management, L.P. and any of its respective Affiliates other than any operating portfolio companies (collectively, the “Apollo Sponsor”)
and (ii) any Person that forms a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) with any Apollo Sponsor; provided that the Apollo Sponsor (x) owns a
majority of the voting power and (y) controls a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Standard
Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a
Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization
Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as
the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the
holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its
terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. 

  
 33 









 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation,
association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and
(2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and
(y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that upon the release or
discharge of such Person from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Suspension Period” means the period of time between a Covenant Suspension Event and the related Reversion Date. 
 “Taminco” means Taminco Global Chemical Corporation, a Delaware corporation and its successors. 
 “Tax Distributions” means any distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xii)(i). 
 “Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to
tax or penalties applicable thereto. 
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and
the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer. Total Assets shall be determined as of the time of the occurrence of any event giving rise to the requirement to determine Total Assets and after giving pro
forma effect to the occurrence of such event and all other consummated acquisitions or dispositions of a Person, business or assets (whether completed or subject to a definitive agreement with respect thereto) from the date of such balance sheet
to the date of such event giving rise to the requirement to determine Total Assets and as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Transactions” means (i) the offering of the Notes on the Issue Date and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering
Memorandum and (ii) the payment of fees and expenses in relation to the foregoing. 
 “Treasury Rate”
means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15
(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market


  
 34 









 
data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to December 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to December 15, 2013, is
less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary)
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary
of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has
recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however, that either: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 
 (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04. 

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after
giving effect to such designation: 
 (x)(1) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than Taminco
or any of its Subsidiaries), the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(x), and (ii) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Taminco,
Taminco could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(y) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than such ratio immediately prior to such
designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and 
 (y) no Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing. 

  
 35 









 Any such designation by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with
the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged, or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities
Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government
Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such
Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

  
 36 









 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	10.03
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Applicable Amount”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.01
	 “Cash Interest”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.08(b)
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.14
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.01
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Depository”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Determination Date”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.01(a)
	 “IAI”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Increased Amount”
	  	4.12(d)
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	4.12(a)
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Interest Payment Date”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “interest period”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Issuer”
	  	Preamble
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Notes Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.06(d)
	 “Partial PIK Interest”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “PIK Interest”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “PIK Notes”
	  	2.01
	 “PIK Notice”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “PIK Payment”
	  	2.01
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.08
	 “QIB”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Record Date”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.03(b)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	Appendix A


  
 37 










			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Reporting Entity”
	  	4.02(f)
	 “Restricted Cash”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.04(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.14
	 “Rule 501”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Successor”
	  	5.01
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.14
	 “Tax Jurisdiction”
	  	10.03
	 “Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Transfer Restricted Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Unrestricted Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A

 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) “including”
means including without limitation; 
 (e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the
singular; 
 (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue
of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at
any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with
respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; 

  
 38 









 (i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (j) “$” and “U.S. dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts; 
 (k) whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context,
principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amount is, were or would be
payable in respect thereof; and 
 (l) for purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on
the Incurrence of Indebtedness or entering into other transactions (including any Restricted Payment, Investment, Asset Sale, Affiliate Transaction or granting any Lien), the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness or other
transaction value that is denominated or otherwise calculated in a foreign currency shall be calculated in U.S. dollars based on the relevant currency to U.S. dollar exchange rate in effect on the date such transaction was consummated or
Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred (and, if applicable,
associated Lien granted) to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in
effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness (and, if applicable, associated Lien granted) does not exceed
an amount sufficient to repay the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (l), the maximum value of any transaction or amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any transaction or outstanding Indebtedness (or associated Lien), solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture on the Issue Date is $250,000,000. 
 The Issuer may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes
under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in
compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of,


  
 39 









 
other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 3.06, 4.06(e), 4.08(c) or Appendix A), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and
(b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

 (2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such
Additional Notes shall accrue; and 
 (3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or
in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in
Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such
Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof. 
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the
Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or an indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 

The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture,
including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a
separate CUSIP number, if a CUSIP number is required. 
 If the Issuer is entitled to pay PIK Interest in respect of the Notes
(upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notes), the Issuer may elect to either increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue new Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under this Indenture having the same terms as the
Initial Notes (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). Any issuance of PIK Notes under this Indenture shall be in compliance with the provisions in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of the form of Note included as Exhibit A, and the Issuer
shall comply with the provisions set forth in such Paragraphs and Section 2.03 below in connection therewith. 

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby
incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part
of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage 

  
 40 









 
(provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in
registered form without interest coupons and in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of
$1.00 in excess thereof). 
 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make
available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000 and (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture,
Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein. Such order shall specify the amount of separate Note certificates to be authenticated, the principal amount of each of the Notes to be
authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the registered holder of each of the Notes and delivery instructions. 
 In addition, in connection with the election to pay PIK Interest (upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notes), the Issuer may increase the principal amount of outstanding Notes or deliver PIK
Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer for authentication and delivery of PIK Notes, specifying the principal amount of and registered holder of each Note,
directing the Trustee to authenticate the PIK Notes and deliver the same to the persons in such order certifying the issuance of such Notes is permitted under this Indenture (but which need not certify compliance with Article IV) and the Trustee in
accordance with such order shall authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum
denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). 
 One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer
by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the
Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory
of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such
appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee
may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

  
 41 









 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a) The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have
one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuer
initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and the Notes Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 (b) The
Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Issuer or any
of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 (c) The Issuer may remove any
Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as
evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or
Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign
as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.07. 

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal of and cash interest on any Note,
the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and cash
interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment
of principal of and cash interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by
it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of 

  
 42 









 
holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date
and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of holders. 

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the
surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements
therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit
registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section. The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be
redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Guarantors,
the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 Any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder of such Global Note (or
its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 The Trustee shall have no
obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or
among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by
the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

  
 43 









 None of the Trustee, Registrar or Paying Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions
taken or not taken by the Depository. 
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the
Registrar or if the holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial
Code are met, such that the holder (a) satisfies the Issuer and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving
such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and
(c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Issuer and the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer,
the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the holder for their expenses in
replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in
its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
 Every replacement Note is an
additional obligation of the Issuer. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent
lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those
described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.04, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to
Section 2.08. 
 If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date
or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the
holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

SECTION 2.10. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each
Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any 

  
 44 









 
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not
authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.11.
Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The
Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall
promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
 SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee
shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either
as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 

SECTION 2.13. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of
determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the
Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal
amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 11.04 of this Indenture. Any calculation of the Applicable Premium or
made pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate. 
 ARTICLE III 
 REDEMPTION 

SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at
the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.


  
 45 









 SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of
the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Note, it shall notify the Trustee in an
Officer’s Certificate of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuer
shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.03 at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is an optional redemption pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, unless a shorter period is
acceptable to the Trustee. The Issuer may also include a request in such Officer’s Certificate that the Trustee give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such
notice as provided in Section 3.05. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation
and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.04. 
 SECTION 3.04.
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or such other method deemed fair and appropriate; provided that no
Notes of $2,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) or less shall be redeemed in part (or if a PIK Payment has been made, Notes may be redeemed in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof).
The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. Notes and portions of them the
Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple in excess thereof). Provisions of this
Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At least 30 but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each
holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address (with a copy to the Trustee) or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository Trust Company, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to the
redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes, a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article VIII of this Indenture. 

Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(i) the redemption date; 

  
 46 









 (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the
redemption date; 
 (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus
accrued interest; 
 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers
and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 

(vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such
payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “Common
Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (ix) any conditions
precedent (including, but not limited to, consummation of any related Equity Offering or related financing transaction) to such redemption. 
 (b) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the
information required by this Section at least three Business Days prior to the date such notice is to be provided to holders in the final form such notice is to be delivered to holders and such notice may not be canceled once delivered to holders of
Notes. 
 SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with
Section 3.05, then, subject to satisfying any conditions precedent specified in such notice, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, except as provided in the
final sentence of Paragraph 5 of the Notes. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, to, but not including, the redemption date; provided, however,
that if the redemption date is after a regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant Record Date, and no additional interest
will be payable to the holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other holder. 

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the 

  
 47 









 
Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all
Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to
accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Paying
Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in
Part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute
and the Trustee shall authenticate for the holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in
the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds as of 10:00 a.m. New York City time money sufficient to
pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 
 SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other
Information. 
 (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee and, upon request, to
beneficial owners of the Notes, a copy of all of the information and reports referred to below: 
 (i) within 90
days after the end of each fiscal year (or in all cases such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if the Issuer were then subject to such SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), annual audited financial statements of the
Reporting Entity for such fiscal year including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to the periods presented and a report on the annual financial statements by the
Reporting Entity’s independent registered public accounting firm (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Memorandum);


  
 48 









 (ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters
of each fiscal year (or in all cases such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if the Issuer were then subject to such SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), unaudited financial statements of the Reporting Entity for the
interim period as of, and for the period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (all of the foregoing financial information to be
prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Memorandum); and 
 (iii) within 15 days after the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would be required to be filed
in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act on the Issue Date pursuant to Sections 1, 2 and 4, Items 5.01, 5.02 (other than compensation information), 5.03(b) and Item 9.01 (only to the extent relating to any of the foregoing) of
Form 8-K if the Issuer had been a reporting companies under the Exchange Act: provided, however, that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to
holders or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

In addition to providing such information to the Trustee, the Issuer shall make available to the holders, prospective investors, market makers affiliated
with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 4.02(a), by posting such information to its website or on IntraLinks or any
comparable password-protected online data system or website. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Issuer will not
be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports that would otherwise be required by (i) Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K, or
(ii) Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-generally accepted accounting principles financial measures contained therein, (b) such reports will not be required to contain the separate financial
information for Guarantors or Subsidiaries whose securities are pledged to secure the Notes contemplated by Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, and (c) such reports shall not be required to present compensation or beneficial ownership
information. 
 (c) The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to in clause (a) above to the Trustee
and the holders if the Issuer or any other Reporting Entity has filed such information with the SEC via the EDGAR (or successor) filing system and such information is publicly available. 

(d) For so long as the Issuer has designated certain of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual
financial information required to be provided by this Section 4.02 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in the “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 

  
 49 









 (e) To the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as
any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor
provision). 
 (f) The financial statements, information and other documents required to be provided as described above, may be
those of (i) the Issuer, (ii) Taminco or (iii) any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (any such entity, a “Reporting Entity”), so long as in the case of (ii) and (iii), Taminco or such direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage, in any business or operations other than its direct or indirect ownership of all of the Equity Interests in, and its management
of the Issuer; provided that, if the financial information so furnished relates to Taminco or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the same is accompanied by a reasonably detailed description of the quantitative differences between the
information relating to Taminco or to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 

(g) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 4.02 is for informational purposes
only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants under
this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to certificates). 
 (h) So long as Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will
also: 
 (i) as promptly as reasonably practicable after furnishing to the Trustee the annual and quarterly
reports required by clauses (a)(i) and (a)(ii) of this Section 4.02, hold a conference call to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and 

(ii) post to its website or on IntraLinks or any comparable password-protected online data system, which will require a
confidentiality acknowledgment (but not restrict the recipients of such information in trading of securities of the Issuer or its affiliates), prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with subclause (i) of this
Section 4.02(h), announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or informing holders of Notes, prospective investors, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of
the Notes and securities analysts how they can obtain such information, including, without limitation, the applicable password or other login information. 

  
 50 









 (i) Any person who seeks to participate in any conference calls or requests or accesses the
financial statements, information and other documents, in each case, required by this Section 4.02, will be required to represent to the Issuer (to the Issuer’s reasonable good faith satisfaction) that: 

(i) it is a holder of the Notes, a beneficial owner of the Notes, a prospective investor in the Notes, a market maker or an analyst
covering the Issuer or the Notes; and 
 (ii) it is not a Person (which includes such Person’s parents, sister companies
or subsidiaries) that (i) is a customer of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries principally engaged in a Similar Business or (ii) derives a significant portion of its revenues from operation of a Similar Business. 

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 

(a)   (i) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and 
 (ii) the Issuer shall not
permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Guarantor) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; 
 provided, however, that
(x)(i) the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Taminco or any of its Subsidiaries) may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and (ii) any of the Issuer’s
Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for the most recently ended four
full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00
determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be,
and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; and (y)(i) Taminco and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified
Stock, and (ii) any of Taminco’s Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of
Taminco for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is
issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to: 
 (i) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that


  
 51 









 
does not exceed the greater of (1) $815 million and (2) an amount of First Priority Lien Obligations that would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio for the most recently
ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis, to exceed 2.75 to 1.00; 
 (ii) the Incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and any Guarantee thereof (not including any Additional Notes) or any PIK Notes issued from time to time in
respect of any PIK Interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture including any Guarantee thereof; 

(iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the Existing Notes and Guarantees thereof
(other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)); 
 (iv)
Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, Disqualified Stock issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted
Subsidiary to finance all or any part of (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment (whether through the
direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then
outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv) together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof pursuant to clause (xv) below, does not exceed the greater of $75 million and 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of
Incurrence; 
 (v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement
obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to
employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or
licenses from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; 
 (vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in
connection with the Transactions, any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of
such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; 
 (vii) Indebtedness of the
Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business 

  
 52 









 
in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is
subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien but not the transfer thereof upon
foreclosure) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii); 
 (viii) shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital
Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred
Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii); 

(ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a
Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting
operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries), such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that
results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness
constituting a Permitted Lien but not the transfer thereof upon foreclosure) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ix); 

(x) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes but (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for
the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases or sales; 
 (xi)
obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the
principal amount or liquidation preference of all other 

  
 53 









 
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred pursuant
to clause (xv) below, does not exceed the greater of $100 million and 5.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or
outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such
Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii)); 
 (xiii) Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference at any time outstanding not greater than
200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (which proceeds are contributed to the
Issuer) or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, any of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) to the extent such net
cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.04(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments
specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof); provided that any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock in excess of 100.0% of such net cash proceeds or cash shall have a Stated Maturity that is later than the maturity date of
the Notes; 
 (xiv) any guarantee by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations
of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is by
its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
or the Guarantee, as applicable, substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee, as applicable, and (ii) if such guarantee is of Indebtedness of the Issuer, such guarantee is Incurred in
accordance with Section 4.11 to the extent Section 4.11 is applicable; 
 (xv) the Incurrence by the
Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as
permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (xii), (xv) and (xvi) of this Section 4.03(b) up to the outstanding principal amount (or, if applicable, the liquidation preference face amount, or the like) or, if
greater, committed amount (only to the extent the committed amount could have been Incurred on the date of initial Incurrence) of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
Incurred to so refund or refinance 

  
 54 









 
such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums),
expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than
the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all
payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on
such date (provided that this subclause (1) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations); 

(2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or a Guarantee, as
applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; and 

(3) shall not include (a) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or (b) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary: 

(xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to
finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation, (x) in the case of Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Taminco or any of its Subsidiaries),
either: 
 (1) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(x); or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
of the Issuer would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation; 
 and (y),
in the case of Indebtedness Incurred by Taminco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, either: 

  
 55 









 (1) Taminco would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(y); or 
 (2) the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Taminco would not be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 
 (xvii) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except
for Standard Securitization Undertakings); 
 (xviii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other
financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 

(xix) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued
pursuant to Bank Indebtedness, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (xx) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with
the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), and pursuant to clause (xxiv) below, does not exceed the greater of $60 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it
being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xx) but shall be deemed Incurred for the purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and
after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xx)); 

(xxi) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (1) the financing of insurance premiums
or (2) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxii) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof,
their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv); 

(xxiii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods
purchased in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxiv) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or representing
Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xxiv), when aggregated with the principal amount of all
other Indebtedness then 

  
 56 









 
outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxiv) and pursuant to clause (xx) above, does not exceed the greater of $50 million and 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

 (xxv) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances,
discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s-length commercial terms; 

(xxvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are
promptly deposited with the Trustee to satisfy and discharge the Notes in accordance with this Indenture; 

(xxvii)(1) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers,
franchisees, lessors and licensees that, in each case, are not Affiliates and (2) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of leases entered into by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business on behalf of customers for equipment to be used by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, such customers or a subcontractor in providing services to a customer and for which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will be
reimbursed by such customer; and 
 (xxviii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $25 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or
Preferred Stock issued under this clause (xxviii). 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03: 

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxviii) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or
reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; and 

(ii) at the time of Incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than
one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.03(a) and (b) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred
pursuant to Section 4.03(a). 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends
in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, amortization of original issue discount, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result
of fluctuations in the 

  
 57 









 
exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in
respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the
Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. 
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or
pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any of the Issuer’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the
Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or
distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such
dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities); 
 (ii)
purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or
final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or

 (iv) make any Restricted Investment; 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted
Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 (2)(i) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than
Taminco and its Subsidiaries) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a)(x) or (ii) with respect to a Restricted Payment by
Taminco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Taminco could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a)(y); and 

  
 58 









 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i) and (viii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted
by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the Cumulative Credit (with the amount of any Restricted Payment made under this Section 4.04(a) in any property other than cash being equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in
good faith by the Issuer) of such property at the time made). 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

 (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at
the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (ii)(A) the
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Guarantor in exchange for, or
out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (contributed to the capital of the Issuer) or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than
any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”), 

(B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Refunding Capital Stock, and 
 (C) if immediately
prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 4.04(b) and not made pursuant to clause (ii)(B), the declaration and payment of dividends on
the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year
no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 
 (iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as: 
 (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if 

  
 59 









 
applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any
premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender premiums, plus any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in
connection therewith), 
 (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the related Guarantee, as the
case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value except as otherwise permitted under clause (xv) of Section 4.03(b),

 (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the
final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and 

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of
(x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal
on the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date; 

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the
Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to any management
equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed $20 million in any
fiscal year, with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30 million in any fiscal year; provided, further,
however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash
proceeds received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to members
of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such
repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(iii)), 

  
 60 









 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the
Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, plus 
 (C) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer
that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; 
 provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the
aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees,
directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or the direct or indirect parents of the Issuer in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents will not be deemed
to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture; 
 (v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in accordance with
Section 4.03; 
 (vi)(A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class
or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; 
 (B) a
Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer issued after the Issue Date; provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such
sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; and 
 (C) the
declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii); 
 provided, however, in the case of each of (A) and (C) above of this clause (vi), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00; 
 (vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate
Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $35 million and 2.0% of Total Assets
(with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

  
 61 









 (viii) the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Capital Stock (or a
Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund the payment by such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by the
Issuer from any public offering of such Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s (or such direct or indirect parent’s) Capital Stock registered on
Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 
 (ix) Restricted
Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
 (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount,
taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50 million and 3.0% of Total Assets; 

(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xii) Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer (i) with respect to any taxable period during which the Issuer is a member of a consolidated, unitary, combined or similar tax group of which such direct or indirect parent is the common parent, the proceeds of which shall
be used by such common parent to pay the portion of the consolidated, unitary, combined or similar U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. income or franchise taxes attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to
exceed the income or franchise tax liabilities that would have been payable by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis or as a stand-alone tax group, reduced by any such income or franchise taxes paid or to be paid directly by the
Issuer and/or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that Restricted Payments under this clause (i) in respect of any Taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries the Issuer may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted
Subsidiaries have made cash payments for such purpose to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, in order to permit such parent to make
payments permitted by clauses (iii), (vii), (xx), (xxi) or (xxii) under Section 4.07(b) and (iii) the proceeds of which are applied to the purchase or other acquisition by such parent of all or substantially all of the property
and assets or business of any Similar Business, or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of any Similar Business, or of all of the Equity Interests in any Similar Business; provided that (A) such Restricted
Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such purchase (1) or other acquisition and (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause all property acquired (whether assets or Equity
Interests) and any liabilities assumed to be contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted hereunder) into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Person formed or


  
 62 









 
acquired in order to consummate such purchaser or other acquisition, (C) the Issuer would have been permitted at the time of such Restricted Payment to consummate such purchase or
acquisition directly under the terms of this Indenture and (D) such contribution by such parent to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not increase the Cumulative Credit or count as an Excluded Contribution or be used to incur
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (xiii) of Section 4.03(b); 

(xiii) the payment of any Restricted Payment, if applicable: 

(A) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or
similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and general
corporate operating and overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries; 

(B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal
on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Issuer Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; and

 (C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses, other than
to Affiliates of the Issuer, related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent; 
 (xiv) the
declaration and payment of a one-time dividend, distribution, redemption or return of capital by the Issuer to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the net proceeds of the Initial Notes, and the payment
of fees and expenses Incurred in connection with the Transactions or owed by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer to Affiliates; 

(xv) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests
represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (xvi) purchases of receivables pursuant
to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees; 
 (xvii) Restricted Payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the
conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 

  
 63 









 (xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale
Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and 
 (xix) payments or
distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by this Indenture) and that all
Notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 
 provided,
however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi)(B), (vii), (x), (xi) and (xiii)(B) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur
as a consequence thereof; provided, further, that any Restricted Payments made with property other than cash shall be calculated using the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such property. 

(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by
the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.”
Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(a)(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) on its Capital Stock; or
(2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(b) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 64 









 except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement and
the other Credit Agreement Documents, the Factoring Facility and the indenture governing the Existing Notes; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees thereof; 

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in
existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 

(7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (8) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered
into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized
Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired; 
 (10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; 
 (12)
other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (i) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so long as such encumbrances and restrictions
contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as 

  
 65 









 
determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be
Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03; 
 (13) any Restricted Investment not
prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment; or 
 (14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the
type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to
in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more
restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or
refinancing. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock
in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of
loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities
that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or that are otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee, 

(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary
from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), and 

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having
an aggregate Fair Market Value (as 

  
 66 









 
determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(iii) that is at that time outstanding, not
to exceed the greater of $75 million and 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), 
 shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).

 (b) Within 365 days after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset
Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option: 

(i) to repay (A) secured Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and, if the Indebtedness
repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (C) other Pari Passu Indebtedness (provided that if the
Issuer or any Guarantor shall so reduce Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Obligations under the Notes), the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 through open-market
purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase at a purchase price
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest on the pro rata principal amount of Notes), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer; or 

(ii) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such Investment is in the form of the
acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), assets, or property or capital expenditures, in each case (a) used or useful in a Similar Business or
(b) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale. 
 In the case of
Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the 18 month anniversary of the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds; provided that in
the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds unless the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another
binding commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment; provided, further, that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into a
Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to each Asset Sale and to the extent such Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, or is not applied prior to such
18 month anniversary, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 

  
 67 









 Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and
within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (i) of this Section 4.06(b),
shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all
holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is at least $2,000 and
an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an
offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid
interest (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth
in this Section 4.06. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of
Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes
to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(e). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be required to apply in accordance with this Section 4.06 any Excess Proceeds received in respect of any Asset Sale by Taminco or any of its
Subsidiaries until such time as such entities are permitted in accordance with the terms of their indebtedness to dividend or distribute an amount at least equal to such Excess Proceeds to the Issuer. 

(c) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to
the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this
Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the
compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer 

  
 68 









 
shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if an Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an
amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the
Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee (or the
Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the
purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to Issuer immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06. 

(e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the
Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee an Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date,
a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the holder for purchase and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note
purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase, selection of such Notes for purchase shall be made by the Trustee on a
pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part (or if a
PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be purchased in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). Selection of such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be made pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu
Indebtedness. 
 (f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not
more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address (with a copy to the Trustee). If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the
portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 SECTION 4.07. Transactions with
Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement,
understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20 million, unless: 

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

  
 69 









 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $40 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, approving such Affiliate Transaction
and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following: 

(i) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Issuer and any direct parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other
than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose; 

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments; 

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf
of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 
 (iv) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; 

(vi) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with
all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith
by the Issuer; 
 (vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its
obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date, and any transaction, agreement or arrangement described in the
Offering Memorandum and, in each case, any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of its 

  
 70 









 
obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date
shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not
otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date; 

(viii) the execution of the Transactions, and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including
fees paid to the Sponsor; 
 (ix)(A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of
goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or
(B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm; 

(x) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing; 

(xi) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Person; 

(xii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the
funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as
appropriate, in good faith; 
 (xiii) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement that complies
with Section 4.04(b)(xii); 
 (xiv) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer; 

(xv) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01; 

(xvi) transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director
of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other
Person; 
 (xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 71 









 (xviii) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup
for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xix) any
employment agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xx)(1) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement so long as, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, any such amendment is
not disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole, as compared to such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) to pay, and the payment of, management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any
fiscal year not to exceed the greater of $6 million and 3.0% of EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal year, plus out-of-pocket expense reimbursement; provided, however, that any payment not
made in any fiscal year may be carried forward and paid in the following two fiscal years and (2) the payment of the present value of all amounts payable pursuant to any agreement described in this subclause (1) of this clause (xx) in
connection with the termination of such agreement; 
 (xxi) payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, not to exceed 1.0% of
the value of the transactions with respect to which the Sponsor provides any such services, which payments are (1) made pursuant to the agreements with the Sponsor described in the Offering Memorandum (as in effect on the Issue Date, or any
amendment thereto that is not materially adverse as a whole to the Issuer) or (2) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; and 

(xxii) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer
in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any provision set forth in this Indenture. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent any action by Taminco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is not deemed to be
an Affiliate Transaction (as defined in the indenture governing the Existing Notes) under the indenture governing the Existing Notes, such action by Taminco or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall not be deemed an Affiliate Transaction under
this Indenture and therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of this Section 4.07. 
 SECTION 4.08. Change
of Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to
repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to 

  
 72 









 
the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), except to the extent the Issuer
has previously or concurrently elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to and in accordance with Article III of this Indenture. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control, the terms of the Bank Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08, then prior to the mailing of the notice to the holders provided for in Section 4.08(b) but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall (i) repay in
full all Bank Indebtedness or, if doing so will allow the purchase of Notes, offer to repay in full all Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each lender and/or noteholder who has accepted such offer, or (ii) obtain the requisite
consent under the agreements governing the Bank Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in Section 4.08(b). 
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture, the Issuer shall mail
a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: 
 (i)
that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date); 

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed); and 
 (iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a
holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 
 (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to
surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the
Issuer receive not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the holder and a
statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 

(d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the holders entitled thereto. 

  
 73 









 (e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned
upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (g) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the
status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (f) will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding. 

(h) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an
Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly
or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering holder. 
 (i) Prior to any Change of Control Offer,
the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuer to make such offer have been complied with. 

(j) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof. 
 (k) Subject to the conditions set forth in Article III, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer under the circumstances, and at the redemption price, set forth in
Paragraph 5 of the Note. 
 SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2012, an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of
the Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the
Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officer’s Certificate delivered to it
pursuant to this Section 4.09, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture. 

  
 74 









 SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the
Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 4.11. Future Guarantors. The Issuer shall cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (and non-Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer), other than a Guarantor, that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, if any, to execute and deliver to the
Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; it being understood and agreed
that for any such Restricted Subsidiary organized under the laws of Belgium, Germany or Luxembourg that otherwise executes a supplemental indenture and provides a Guarantee, such supplemental indenture shall contain the applicable limitations as to
such Guarantee substantially in the form included in the supplemental indenture attached as Exhibit C-2 hereto. 
 If
following the date of this Indenture and notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 to the contrary, any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States
shall be required to execute a Guarantee and the Issuer shall reasonably determine that Section 10.02 or any applicable provision set forth in Exhibit C-2 hereto shall not adequately address the limitations on such Guarantee imposed by
applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as the case may be, of any such future Guarantor, then the Issuer shall be entitled to amend such clauses or add such additional provisions (including any related
modifications to a supplement to this Indenture or a Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto), as the case may be, in order for the Guarantee of a Guarantor not to so violate applicable law. 

SECTION 4.12. Liens. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) on any asset or property of the
Issuer or such Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, that secures any Indebtedness of any Person (other than Permitted Liens)
unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness) such Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness is so secured. 

(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.12(a) shall provide by its terms that such
Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be
permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.12(a) 

  
 75 









 
but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof)
meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.12(a), the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide,
classify or reclassify, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.12 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness
secured by such Lien in one of the clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to
Section 4.12(a). 
 (d) With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at
the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such
Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock
of the Issuer, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding
solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of “Indebtedness.” 

SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.01. 
 (b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind
such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The
Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.14. Covenant Suspension. If on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred
and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes (the occurrence 

  
 76 









 
of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), and subject to the provisions of the
following paragraph, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 5.01(iv) (collectively the “Suspended Covenants”). 

In the event that and while the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture
for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an
Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The Issuer shall provide notice to the Trustee of any Covenant
Suspension Event or any Reversion Date, but neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be required to notify the holders of Notes of any Covenant Suspension Event. 
 On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to
Section 4.03(b)(iii). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to,
but not during, the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). No Default or Event of Default will be
deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. 
 For purposes of Section 4.06, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero. 
 SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Insurance. The Issuer shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance (subject to customary deductibles and retentions) in such
amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations and cause Issuer and the Guarantors to be listed as insured and the
Trustee to be listed as co-loss payee on property and property casualty policies and as an additional insured on liability policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors may self-insure with respect to such risks with respect
to which companies of established reputation in the same general line of business in the same general area usually self-insure. 

  
 77 









 ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSOR COMPANY 
 SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer
Assets. 
 The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert
into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(i) the Issuer is the surviving person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger,
winding up or conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the
laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor”); provided that if the Successor is not a
corporation, a corporate Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer becomes a co-obligor of the Notes and this Indenture at such time; 
 (ii) the Successor (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and
treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor, or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor, or such Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such
transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect
to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor, or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction
as having been Incurred by the Successor, or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 

(A) the Successor would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a)(x); or 
 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the
Successor and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 
 (v) if the Issuer is not the Successor, each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its obligations in respect of
its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (vi) the
Successor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture.

 The Successor (if other than the Issuer) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the
Notes, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be 

  
 78 









 
released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01, (a) any Restricted
Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, and (b) the Issuer may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with an Affiliate
incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States or may convert into a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, so
long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. This Article V will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors. 
 ARTICLE VI 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs with respect to Notes if: 
 (a) there is a default in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days (it being understood that any failure to pay that
portion of any interest payment required under this Indenture to be paid in cash is a default in the payment of interest for purposes of this clause (a) (irrespective of whether all or part of any such portion is paid in the form of PIK
Interest)); 
 (b) there is a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated
Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (c) the failure by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture; 
 (d) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or
accelerated exceeds $30 million or its foreign currency equivalent; 
 (e) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any
group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
for any substantial part of its property; or 

  
 79 









 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes
any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, 
 (f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against either the Issuer or any Significant
Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or
for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any
Significant Subsidiary; 
 or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and
in effect for 60 days; 
 (g) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that
together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers),
which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days; or 
 (h) the Guarantee of a Significant
Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) with respect to the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or the Issuer or any Guarantor that
qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee with respect to the Notes and such Default
continues for 10 days. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and
whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of
debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 However, a default under clause (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default
and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (c) hereof after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of
Default.” The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time
or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 

  
 80 









 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or 6.01(f) hereof with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and
the Trustee may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee
or any holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled,
waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the
Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or
(z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening
of any such events. 
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any
other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past
Defaults. Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences
except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of
a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the holders will be restored to their former positions and rights
under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 

  
 81 









 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The holders of a majority in principal amount
of Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts
with law or this Indenture or, if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would
involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee
in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
 (a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, 

(ii) holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,

 (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any
loss, liability or expense, 
 (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the
receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and 
 (v) the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 (b) A holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another holder. 

SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of
any holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. 

  
 82 









 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together
with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.06. 
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim, statements of interest and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or
appropriate)) and the holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, the Guarantors, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors
appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent
to or accept or adopt on behalf of any holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any holder in any such
proceeding. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 
 (a) Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this
Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts
due hereunder; 
 SECOND: to the holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any,
and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15
days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid. 

  
 83 









 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any
right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the
party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so)
shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of
this Indenture; and the Issuer and the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE VII

 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee, prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this
Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and

 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any
statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision
hereof to be 

  
 84 









 
provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the
accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for
its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i)
this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b); 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be
liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance
with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 
 (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this
Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may
agree in writing with the Issuer. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law. 
 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01. 
 SECTION 7.02.
Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been
signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b)
Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 

  
 85 









 (d) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating
to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at
the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be
entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall Incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of
not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture. 

(j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or
consent of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or
in place thereof. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this
Indenture. 

  
 86 









 (l) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate,
including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (m) The
Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood
of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions. 
 (n) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or
surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture. 
 (o) The Trustee shall not be responsible or
liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes;
fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or
military authorities and governmental action. 
 (p) The Trustee shall not be responsible to verify any calculation of the
Applicable Amount and shall be entitled to fully rely upon any notice from the Issuer of its election to make a PIK Payment. 

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.09
and 7.10. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or
any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event
of Default under Sections 6.01(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received
written notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.02 hereof from the Issuer, any Guarantor or any holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee acts solely as Trustee under this Indenture and not in its individual capacity and
all persons, including without limitation the holders of Notes and the Issuer having any claim against the Trustee arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts held by the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise
provided herein. 

  
 87 









 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if
it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each holder notice of the Default within the later of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Responsible Officer or written notice of it is received by the
Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the holders. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee, annually, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. 

SECTION 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation, as the
Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing, for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their
directors, officers, employees and agents and hold them harmless against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or
determined by the income of the Trustee) Incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against
any Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by any Issuer, any Guarantor, any holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts shall survive
the payment in full or defeasance of the Notes or the removal or resignation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided,
however, that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve any Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the
Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and such Guarantor, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be
required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no actual or potential conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantor, as
applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence
or bad faith. 
 To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall
have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 

  
 88 









 The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this
Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to
the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee Incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under
the Bankruptcy Law. 
 No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
Incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction.

 SECTION 7.07. Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor
Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09;

 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.
Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to the holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06. 

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or
the holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 89 









 (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09, any holder who has been a bona
fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

SECTION 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts
created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in
case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 
 SECTION 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
“TIA”). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to
its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series
of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.10. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent
indicated. 

  
 90 









 ARTICLE VIII 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Discharge of
Liability on Notes; Defeasance. 
 (a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as
to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes: 
 (i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been
deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all of the Notes (1) have become due and
payable, (2) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (3) are to be called for redemption at the option of the Issuer within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the
payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (ii) the Issuer and/or the Guarantors have paid
all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 
 (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this
Indenture with respect to the holders of the Notes (“legal defeasance option”), and (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11 and 4.12 and the operation of Section 5.01 for
the benefit of the holders of the Notes, and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d) and Sections 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (in the case of Sections 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) and 6.01(h) (“covenant
defeasance option”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture
(with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.

 If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an
Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) (with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates. 

  
 91 









 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in
Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, Article VII, including, without limitation, Sections 7.06, 7.07 and 7.08 and in this Article VIII shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in
Sections 7.06, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 SECTION 8.02. Conditions to
Defeasance. 
 (a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 (i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants
expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such
amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (iii) no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Issuer shall have occurred or is continuing on the date of such deposit; 

(iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument binding on the Issuer;

 (v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to
Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by the immediately preceding
sentence with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity
within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; 

(vi) such exercise does not impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes; 

  
 92 









 (vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (viii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased
and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with. 
 (b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may
make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III. 

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations (including
proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased. 
 SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuer. Each of the Trustee and each
Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered
to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in
accordance with this Article. 
 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay
to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the
Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05. Indemnity
for U.S. Government Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S.
Government Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any
money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as 

  
 93 









 
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance
with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the
holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. 
 (a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes, without notice to or consent of any holder: 
 (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor (with respect to the Issuer) of the obligations of the Issuer under this
Indenture and the Notes; 
 (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor or Successor Subsidiary Guarantor,
as the case may be, of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee; 
 (iv) to provide
for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); 

(v) to add a Guarantee with respect to the Notes, 

(vi) to secure the Notes; 
 (vii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; 

(viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; 

(ix) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” to the extent that such provision in this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the “Description of Notes” under the Offering Memorandum, as certified by the Issuer;

 (x) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all
material respects to the Initial Notes, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; or 

  
 94 









 (xi) in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make
appropriate amendments to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes, and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes. 
 (b) After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or
any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01. 
 SECTION 9.02.
With Consent of the Holders. 
 (a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees
with the consent of the Issuer and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any past Default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not: 
 (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment; 
 (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note; 
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article III; 

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note; 

(6) expressly subordinate the Notes or any Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(7) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s
Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes; or 
 (8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof. 

  
 95 









 After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to
the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02. 

SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a holder of a Note shall bind the holder and every subsequent holder of that Note or portion
of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such holder or subsequent holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such holder’s
Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an
amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of consents by the holders of the requisite principal amount of securities,
(ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the
Issuer and the Trustee. 
 (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining
the holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons
who were holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be
holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer
may require the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determine, the Issuer
in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver
authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement
or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to
customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof. 

  
 96 









 SECTION 9.06. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. All
Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Determinations as to
whether holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX and Section 2.13. 

ARTICLE X 

GUARANTEE 

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee. 
 (a) Each Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture hereby jointly and severably, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety to each holder and to the
Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the performance and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of
the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the
Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from any Guarantor, and that each Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed
Obligation. 
 (b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the
Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the
failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of
this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any
holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or each Guarantor; (v) the failure of any holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership
of each Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.02(b) or Section 10.02(c). Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such
Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. 
 (c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which
it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor
hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor. 

  
 97 









 (d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of
payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

(e) The Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Article X, equal in right of payment to all
existing and future Pari Passu Indebtedness, senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor and subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and
premium, if any, and interest on all Secured Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture. 
 (f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any
reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability
of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert
any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by
any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 (g) Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the
Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed
Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 
 (h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer
to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor
hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed
Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer to the holders and the Trustee. 

  
 98 









 (i) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the holders and the Trustee, on the other
hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall
forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purposes of this Section 10.01. 
 (j) Each Guarantor also
agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or any holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 

(k) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be
reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 10.02. Limitation
on Liability. 
 (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount
of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by each Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or capital maintenance or corporate benefit rules applicable to guarantees for obligations of affiliates. 

(b) A Guarantee as to any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture in accordance with Section 4.11 and provides
a guarantee shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Guarantee shall be deemed to be released from all obligations under this Article X upon: 

 

	 	(A)	(1) the sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock (including any sale,
disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer is made in a manner not in violation of this Indenture;


 (2) the Issuer designating such Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; 
 (3) the release or discharge of the Guarantee by
such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than through a discharge through payment thereon), which resulted in the obligation to Guarantee the Notes; 

  
 99 









 (4) the Issuer’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option
under Article VIII or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and 
  

	 	(B)	in the case of clause (A)(1) above, such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 

 SECTION 10.03. Taxes With
Respect to Guarantees of Foreign Subsidiaries. If a Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary makes any payment under its Guarantee and is required by applicable law or by the interpretation or administration thereof to withhold or deduct from such
payment any amount for or on account of any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the jurisdiction of organization or incorporation of such Guarantor or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof
having power to tax, or within any other jurisdiction in which such Guarantor is resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment under its Guarantee is made (each, a “Tax Jurisdiction”), such Guarantor
will be required to pay under its Guarantee such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of the Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or
deduction will not be less than the amount that such holder of the Notes would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to: 

(i) any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former
connection between the holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (including being a resident of such jurisdiction for Tax purposes), other than the holding of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note
or under a Guarantee or the receipt of any payments in respect of such Note or a Guarantee; 
 (ii) any Taxes, to
the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the holder (except to the extent that the
holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period); 
 (iii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or similar Taxes; 
 (iv) any Taxes withheld, deducted or imposed on a payment to an individual that are required to be withheld, deducted or imposed pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive
implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive; 

(v) any Taxes which would not have been imposed but for the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is
required) in the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere); 

  
 100









 (vi) any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments
under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee; 
 (vii) any Taxes to the extent such
Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the Issuer’s written request addressed to the holder or beneficial owner (and made at a time that would enable the holder or beneficial
owner acting reasonably to comply with that request, and in all events, at least 60 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable to the holder or beneficial owner), to comply with any certification, identification, information or
other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax
Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the holder or beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such
certification or documentation; 
 (viii) any Taxes imposed on any payments under or with respect to the Notes or
any Guarantee to any holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the
beneficial owner of such payments would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual holder of such Note; 

(ix) any Taxes payable by any person acting as custodian bank or collecting agent on behalf of a holder of the Notes, or
otherwise in any manner which does not constitute a deduction or withholding by the Issuer or a Guarantor from payments of principal or interest made by it; 
 (x) any Taxes imposed by the United States or any jurisdiction therein; or 
 (xi) any combination of items (i) through (x) above. 

SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns. This Article X shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and
shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and
in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 10.05. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and
not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

  
 101









 SECTION 10.06. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Article X, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 

SECTION 10.07. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Subsidiary which becomes a Guarantor of the
Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto (or in the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, in the case such Guarantor is a Foreign Subsidiary) pursuant to
which such Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article X and shall guarantee the Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an
Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer
and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor,
enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request. 
 SECTION 10.08. Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 

ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 11.01. Notices. 
 (a) Any notice or communication required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 
 if to the Issuer or a Guarantor: 
 Two Windsor Plaza, Suite 411 

7540 Windsor Drive 
 Allentown, Pennsylvania 18195 
 Attention: Edward Yocum 

Fax: 610-366-6784 

  
 102









 if to the Trustee: 
 Wilmington Trust, National Association 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 

Guilford, CT 06437 
 Attention: Taminco Administrator 
 Fax: 203-453-1183 

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the holder at the holder’s address as it
appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received. 

The Trustee may, in its sole discretion, agree to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by
e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such
instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance
with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to
submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, as long as the Notes are in the form of a Global Note, notice to the holders
may be made electronically in accordance with procedures of the Depository. 
 SECTION 11.02. Certificate and Opinion as
to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (b)
an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

  
 103









 SECTION 11.03. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate
or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (d) a statement as to
whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or
certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 11.04. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the holders of
the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Issuer or the Guarantors shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only
Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 

SECTION 11.05. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting
of the holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 11.06. Legal
Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a
Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected. 

SECTION 11.07. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
 SECTION 11.08. No Recourse
Against Others. No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the
Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based 

  
 104









 
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION 11.09. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and the
Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind such person’s successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 11.10. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.11. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of
contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or
provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 11.12. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes
limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 

SECTION 11.13. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 

SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank] 

  
 105









 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

			
	 TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
 as the Issuer

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kurt Decat

		 	Name: Kurt Decat
		 	Title:   Chief Financial Officer









 
			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but
solely as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joseph P O’Donnell

		 	Name: Joseph P O’Donnell
		 	Title:   Vice President









 APPENDIX A 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND ADDITIONAL NOTES 
 1. Definitions.

 1.1 Definitions. 
 For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global
Notes Legend. 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Issuer, its nominees and their respective successors.

 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit to this
Indenture. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional
buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 “Regulation S Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on
Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) herein.

 “Restricted Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and
including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the
Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days. 

“Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

  
 Appendix A-1









 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as
appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Transfer
Restricted Definitive Notes” means Definitive Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Transfer Restricted Global Notes” means Global Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Notes Legend. 

“Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means Definitive Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the
Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Notes” means Global Notes that are not required to bear, or
are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term:
	  	Defined in Section:
	 Agent Members
	  	2.1(b)
	 Global Notes
	  	2.1(b)
	 Regulation S Global Notes
	  	2.1(b)
	 Rule 144A Global Notes
	  	2.1(b)

 2. The Notes. 
 2.1 Form and Dating; Global Notes. 
 (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date
hereof will be (i) privately placed by the Issuer pursuant to the Offering Memorandum and (ii) sold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in
reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date
hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to one or more agreements in accordance with applicable law. PIK Notes may also be issued after the date hereof, to the extent interest is paid as PIK Interest. 

(b) Global Notes. (i) Except as provided in clause (d) below, Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or
more Notes in definitive, fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). 
 Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Notes”), which
shall be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of the Depository for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 The term “Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes


  
 Appendix A-2









 
initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the
Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 Members of, or direct or indirect
participants in, the Depository (collectively, the “Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the
Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the
Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository, or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of
customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note. 
 (ii) Transfers of Global
Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes only in accordance
with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.2. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes if (x) the Depository (1) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (2) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or (y) there shall have occurred and be
continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note and a request has been made for such exchange; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or
beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures. 

(iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection
(i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner
identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 

(iv) Any Transfer Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2
shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (v) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2. 


  
 Appendix A-3









 (vi) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

2.2 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for
Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.08 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may
be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b). 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in
Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository.
Beneficial interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or
exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of
the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for
the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i). 
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to
Section 2.2(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing
the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and
procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this
Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2(i). 

  
 Appendix A-4









 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee
will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note. 
 (iv) Transfer and
Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii)
above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require,
an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted
Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 

  
 Appendix A-5









 (v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in
a Transfer Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive
Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). In any case, beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for Definitive Notes. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of Definitive
Notes for beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes. If any holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer
Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such Transfer
Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if such
Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note;

 (D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(E) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or 

  
 Appendix A-6









 (F) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the
Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 the Trustee shall
cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Note. 

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of a
Transfer Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A)
if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable
Note; or 
 (B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer
Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 

and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require,
an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted
Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue
and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 
 (iii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such
Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable
Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal 

  
 Appendix A-7









 
amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been
issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.
Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly
executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this
Section 2.2(e). 
 (i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes.
A Transfer Restricted Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached
to the applicable Note; 
 (D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the
applicable Note. 

  
 Appendix A-8









 (ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar
receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange
such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
 (B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests,
an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted
Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof. 

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot
be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note. 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note
has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note
shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to
a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at
the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (f) Legend. 

  
 Appendix A-9









 (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (iii), (iv) or (v),
each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and any Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined
as such for purposes of the legend only): 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.
BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”) OR (B) IT IS
NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT,
WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(d)(1) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, RESELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER, OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB OR PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER
AND THE REGISTRAR THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE AND PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED 

  
 Appendix A-10









 
WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (F) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING
OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER REGULATION D OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “IAI”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER
OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE REGISTRAR THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER
TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) OR 2(E) ABOVE) A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY OR
ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS
“OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 “IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.” 
 Each Note shall bear the following additional legend: 

“THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES.


  
 Appendix A-11









 
FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUE PRICE IS $990, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $10, THE ISSUE DATE IS DECEMBER 18, 2012 AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY, APPLYING
SEMI-ANNUAL COMPOUNDING, IS 9.381% PER ANNUM.” 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted
Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted
Definitive Note if the holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note). 

(iii) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired pursuant to
Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 

(iv) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 (g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note
have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.10 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another
Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee
to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06,
4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 

  
 Appendix A-12









 (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any
Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for
all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt
and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (i) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no
responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or
the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the holders and all payments to be made to the holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered holders (which shall
be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely
and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as
are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

  
 Appendix A-13









 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL
BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [For Regulation S Global Note Only] 

UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF NOTES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A
DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

[Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered in Reliance on Regulation S] 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 A-1









 [Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered Otherwise than in Reliance on Regulation S]

 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A
BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER
RULE 144(d)(1) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT
(A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB OR PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) IN
COMPLIANCE WITH AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
AVAILABLE AND PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRUSTEE IS FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), (F) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER REGULATION D OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “IAI”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND
AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE
ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND
(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (2)(D) OR 2(E) ABOVE) A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST 

  
 A-2









 
HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO
THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legends: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE
TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
 Each Note shall bear the following additional legend: 

“THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS
NOTE, THE ISSUE PRICE IS $990, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $10, THE ISSUE DATE IS DECEMBER 18, 2012 AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY, APPLYING SEMI-ANNUAL COMPOUNDING, IS 9.381% PER ANNUM.” 

  
 A-3









 [FORM OF INITIAL NOTE] 

 

					
	No. [    ]	 	 [144A] CUSIP No. 87509T AA7
 [144A] ISIN No. US87509TAA79

		
		 	 [REG S] CUSIP No. U83035 AA0
 [REG S] ISIN No. USU83035AA06

		
		 	[ACCD INV] CUSIP No. 87509T AB5
		 	[ACCD INV] ISIN No. US87509TAB52

 $[            ] 

9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2017 
 TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global
Security attached hereto on December 15, 2017. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing
June 15, 2013 
 Regular Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-4









 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:



 Dated: 

  
 A-5









 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF 
     AUTHENTICATION 
 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

    as Trustee, certifies that this is 
     one of the Notes 
     referred to in the Indenture.

  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
		 	


Dated:                     

 
  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES -
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.” 


  
 A-6









 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE INITIAL NOTE] 

9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2017 
 1. Interest 
 TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (such
entity, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below,
to the Holders of record of the Notes at the close of business on the regular Record Date immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, commencing on June 15, 2013. 
 Interest will be payable as follows: (a) Cash Interest (as defined below) on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 9.125% per annum and be payable in cash and (b) any PIK Interest (as defined
below) on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 9.875% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depository on the relevant regular
Record Date by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00) payable on such principal amount of the outstanding
Global Notes as of the relevant regular Record Date to the credit of the Holders on such Regular Record Date, pro rata in accordance with their interests, automatically without any further action by any Person and (y) with respect to
Notes in certificated form, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1.00), and the Trustee will, at the request of
the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant regular Record Date, as shown in the Registrar’s books and records. In the event that the Issuer is entitled to and
elects to pay a portion of the interest on the Notes as Cash Interest and as PIK Interest, such Cash Interest and PIK Interest shall be paid to Holders pro rata in accordance with their interests. Following an increase in the principal amount
of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes shall accrue interest on such increased principal amount from and after the related Interest Payment Date of such PIK Interest. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated
as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on December 15, 2017 and will be governed by, and subject to, the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Initial Notes. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note. 

Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has
been paid or duly provided for, from December 18, 2012, until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne
by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

  
 A-7









 2. Method of Payment 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 (each, a “Record
Date”) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and cash interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes
represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall
make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and cash interest) at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the
registered address of each holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account
maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the
relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
 Except as provided in this
paragraph and the definition of “Applicable Amount,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (such interest, “Cash Interest”) on the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes. For any interest
period other than (i) the first interest period and (ii) the final interest period ending at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, if the Applicable Amount as determined on the Determination Date for such interest period shall: 

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but be less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant
interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and
(b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; 
 (ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%,
of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing
the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; 
 (iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to
pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; or


  
 A-8









 (iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due
on the relevant interest payment date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes. 

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Issuer to pay Cash Interest as required by the immediately preceding paragraph shall
not permit the Issuer to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) in respect of any interest period and the sole right of the Issuer to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding
paragraph. The payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes is herein referred to as (i) “PIK Interest” to the extent all interest
due on an interest payment date is so paid and (ii) “Partial PIK Interest” to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an interest payment date is so paid. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment on any date (other
than a Determination Date), then interest on the Notes in respect of the interest period corresponding to the Determination Date immediately following the date of such Equity Restricted Payment shall be paid entirely in cash. In addition,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment during the period commencing on the Determination Date with respect to a particular interest period and prior to
delivering a PIK Notice to the trustee in respect of such interest period, interest on the Notes in respect of such interest period shall be paid entirely in cash. 
 As used herein, 
 (1) “Applicable Amount” shall be the amount
equal to the sum (without duplication) of: (i)(a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions which, as of the applicable Determination Date (and after giving pro forma effect to amounts reserved to be paid or distributed to the Issuer to
pay Cash Interest on the next Interest Payment Date), would be permitted to be paid in cash to the Issuer (in a manner that does not restrict the use of such cash for paying Cash Interest, including dividends and distributions which are conditioned
upon such being utilized for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, amounts permitted to be distributed to the Issuer solely for the purpose of paying taxes attributable to the Issuer’s Subsidiaries)) after
taking into account all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions (provided such restrictions are otherwise permitted by Section 4.05 of the Indenture including, without limitation, any restrictions and
limitations in the Credit Agreement, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness or any future Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the indenture,
(cash subject to the restrictions described herein, to the extent such restrictions are permitted by this parenthetical constitutes “Restricted Cash”)) by all direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, including
without limitation (1) all corporate shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, (2) all requirements of applicable law and (3) all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distribution
that are otherwise permitted by Section 4.05 of the 

  
 A-9









 
Indenture (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Credit Agreement, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements,
refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness or any future Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the indenture) and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such
dividends or distributions, less (b) $20.0 million and (ii) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer on an unconsolidated basis as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the
Issuer that constitute Restricted Cash and amounts reserved to pay Cash Interest on the next interest payment date) less (b) $5.0 million; provided that the amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not be less than $0. To the extent that
interest on the Notes with respect to an interest period will not be paid entirely in cash, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Issuer and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee prior to the first
day of the relevant interest period in which it is to be applied, which Officer’s Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Issuer’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause (i)(a) identifying
in reasonable detail the applicable restrictions and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Issuer is required pursuant to the third preceding paragraph and the definition of
“Applicable Amount” to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any interest payment date, the Issuer shall and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other
actions necessary or appropriate, to the extent in compliance with all applicable law and in a manner that does not cause a breach of any applicable contract, to permit the making of any such dividends or distributions; 

(2) “Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to each interest period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior
to the first day of such interest period; and 
 (3) “interest period” shall mean the period commencing on and
including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first interest period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and
include June 14, 2013 (the Interest Payment Date for any interest period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such interest period). 

In the event that the Issuer shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any interest period, then the
Issuer shall deliver a notice (a “PIK Notice”) to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the first day of the relevant interest period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the
interest payment date in respect of such interest period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. The Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice
provided by the Issuer to the Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any interest period for which a PIK Notice is not delivered in accordance with the Indenture must be paid entirely in cash. Interest for the first
interest period commencing on the Issue Date and for the last interest period ending at the stated maturity of the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash. 

  
 A-10









 Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Indenture to the contrary, the payment of accrued
interest in connection with any redemption of Notes as described under Article III of the Indenture or in connection with any repurchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.06 and Section 4.08 of the Indenture shall be made solely in cash.

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar 
 Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying
Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 4. Indenture 
 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
December 18, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture, unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the
Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. If and to the extent that any provision of the
Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Indenture, such provision of the Indenture shall control. 
 The
Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any
PIK Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted
Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by the Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Issuer and
the Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of each Issuer and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with
or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
 5. Redemption 

On or after December 15, 2013 the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at
the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on December 15 of the years set forth below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2013
	  	 	102.000	% 
	 2014
	  	 	101.000	% 
	 2015 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 


  
 A-11









 In addition, prior to December 15, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option,
in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, the
applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to December 15, 2013 the Issuer may redeem any or all of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or are used to purchase Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 102.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record
Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that notice of such redemption may be given prior to the completion of any such Equity Offering and such redemption shall occur within 90 days
after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
 If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making
a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in Section 4.08 of the Indenture, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption. 
 Any redemption of Notes
(including with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any related Equity Offering or related financing
transaction. 
 6. No Mandatory Redemption 
 The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

  
 A-12









 7. Notice of Redemption 
 Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address (with a copy to
the Trustee) or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection
with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article VIII thereof. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on
the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture,
to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right
of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of
certain events. 
 9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, the Notes shall be in
minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof). A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and
the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes
selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

10. Persons Deemed Owners 
 The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
 11.
Unclaimed Money 
 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a
Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request 

  
 A-13









 
unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and
a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 12. Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if
the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
 13. Amendment; Waiver 
 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (ii) any past default or compliance with any provisions may
be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend
the Indenture and the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor (with respect to the Issuer) of the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes;
(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor or Successor Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); (v) to add a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; (vi) to secure the Notes;
(vii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; (ix) to
conform the text of the Indenture, the Guarantees, or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” under the Offering Memorandum, to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the
“Description of Notes” under the Offering Memorandum, as certified by the Issuer; (x) to make certain changes to this Indenture to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes; or (xi) or in the event that PIK Notes are issued in
certificated form, to make appropriate amendments to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes, and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes. 

14. Defaults and Remedies 
 If an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and
payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the


  
 A-14









 
Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal
amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or
security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any
remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days
after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day
period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that
would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such
action. 
 15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 
 The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or their
Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

  
 A-15









 16. No Recourse Against Others 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Guarantor or any direct or
indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 17. Authentication 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note. 
 18. Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by
the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
 19. Governing Law 
 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
 20. CUSIP Numbers; ISINs

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers
and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without
charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 A-16









 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

  
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

									
	 Date:
	 	
                    
                 
	 	 	Your Signature:	  	 	  


  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 Signature Guarantee: 
  

			
	Date:
                    	  	  
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a
recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	  	Signature of Signature Guarantee


  
 A-17









 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES 
 This certificate relates to $                    principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable
space)         book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive,
registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 


 

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 


In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while this Note is still a Transfer Restricted Definitive
Note or a Transfer Restricted Global Note, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK
ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	 (1)
	 	 ̈	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	(2)	 	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	 	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	 	 ̈	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or
for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	 	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and
such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)	 	 ̈	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a
signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
			
	(7)	 	 ̈	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.


  
 A-18









 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such
transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to,
the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 
  

									
	 Date:
	 	
                    
                 
	 	 	Your Signature:	  	 	  


  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 Signature Guarantee: 
  

			
	Date:
                    	  	  
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a
recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	  	Signature of Signature Guarantee


  
 A-19









 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance
on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying
upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	 Date:
	 	
                    
                                         
            
	  		  	  

		 		  		  	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer


  
 A-20









 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 
 The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or
increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian


  
 A-21









 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of
the Indenture, check the box: 
 Asset
Sale   ̈                Change of Control   ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or
4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless a PIK Payment has been made, in which case the amount may be $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess
thereof): 
 $ 
  

							
	 Date:
	 	
                  
   
	  	Your Signature:	  	  

		 		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

					
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  
	 	
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 	


  
 A-22









 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION] 
 TRANSFEREE LETTER OF
REPRESENTATION 
 TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION 
 c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association 
 [    ] 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This
certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[            ] principal amount of the 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) of TAMINCO
ACQUISITION CORPORATION (the “Issuer”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new
beneficial owner as follows: 
 Name:
                                         
            
 Address:
                                         
       
 Taxpayer ID Number:
                                         
            
 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $100,000 principal amount of
the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk
of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so
registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is
two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which either of the Issuer or any affiliate of such Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination
Date”) only (a) in the United States to a person whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (b) outside
the United States in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if


  
 B-1









 
applicable) or (d) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (a) through (d) in accordance with any applicable securities laws of
any state of the United States. In addition, we will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any purchaser of the Note evidenced hereby of the resale restrictions set forth above. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply
subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made to an institutional “accredited investor” prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor
shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the
meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and
the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause 1(b), 1(c) or 1(d) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or
other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee. 
  

							
	Dated:                     	 	 	 	 	 	 
				
	 	 	TRANSFEREE:	 	  
	 	,

  

					
		 	By:	 	  



  
 B-2









 EXHIBIT C-1 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [DATE], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New
Guarantor”), a subsidiary of TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION, TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking
association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H :

 WHEREAS the Issuer and certain Guarantors named therein have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture
(as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of December 18, 2012, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 ( the “Notes”),
initially in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000; 
 WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under
certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s Obligations under the
Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
 WHEREAS pursuant to
Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Issuer are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant
and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this
Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term
“holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar
import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a
guarantor under the Indenture. 

  
 C-1-1









 3. Notices. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given
as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture. 
 4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of
Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of
the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 6. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 8. Effect of Headings.
The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	 TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
 as the Issuer

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
[                                        
]
		 	Title:  
[                                        
]
	
	 [NEW SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR] ,
 as a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
[                                        
]
		 	Title:
  [                                       
 ]
	
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
[                                        
]
		 	Title:
  [                                       
 ]



  
 C-1-2









 EXHIBIT C-2 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 FOR CERTAIN FOREIGN RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES] 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [DATE], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION;
TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”); and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H : 
 WHEREAS the Issuer and certain Guarantors named therein have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the
“Indenture”) dated as of December 18, 2012, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 9.125% / 9.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2017 ( the “Notes”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of
$250,000,000; 
 WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to
cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on
the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
 WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the
Issuer are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital
hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the
benefit of such holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to
any particular section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with
all existing guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable
provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture. 

  
 C-2-1









 3. Limitations on Guarantee. (a) In the case of any New Guarantor that has
executed this Supplemental Indenture and that is organized and existing under the laws of Belgium (a “Belgian Guarantor”): 
 (1) The maximum aggregate amount payable under by any such Belgian Guarantor with respect to such Belgian Guarantor’s Guarantee shall be limited to an amount equal to the greater of: 

(i) the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1 to the Master Guarantee Agreement; and 

(ii) the sum of: 

(a) 90% of its own funds (eigen vermogen/capitaux propres); and 

(b) the aggregate amounts owing from it in respect of Indebtedness to the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries (the
“Intercompany Group”). 
 (2) Any reference in this Section 3(a) to the “own funds” of a Belgian
Guarantor shall be deemed a reference to the own funds as of the date of its most recent audited annual financial statements available on the applicable Guarantee Demand Date. 
 (3) Any reference in this Section 3(a) to amounts owing from a Belgian Guarantor to the Intercompany Group shall be deemed a reference to the outstanding amount thereof as of the date of its most
recent audited annual financial statements available on the applicable Guarantee Demand Date (or, if higher, as of the Guarantee Demand Date). The burden of proof of the guarantee limitation set forth in this Section 3(a) in respect of a
Belgian Guarantor shall be borne by the relevant Belgian Guarantor. In order to avail itself of any such limitation, such Belgian Guarantor shall provide a certificate of its auditor confirming the amounts owing from it to the Intercompany Group as
of the applicable date. 
 (b) In the case of any New Guarantor that has executed this Supplemental Indenture and that is
organized and existing under the laws of Germany (a “German Guarantor”): 
 (1) To the extent that the Guarantee
is granted by a German Guarantor incorporated as a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung – “GmbH”) or a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft –
KG”) with a limited liability company as sole general partner (“GmbH & Co. KG”), the maximum aggregate amount payable by any such German Guarantor with respect to such German
Guarantor’s Guarantee shall be limited to an amount: 
 (i) as is required to ensure that the amount of the German
Guarantor’s net assets (or the net assets of its general partner if the German Guarantor is a GmbH & Co. KG), calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under


  
 C-2-2









 
section 266 subsection (2)(A), (B) and (C) of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – “HGB”) less the sum of the balance sheet
positions shown under section 266 subsection (3)(B), (C) and (D) of the HGB and any amounts not available for distribution to its shareholders in accordance with section 268 subsection (8) of the HGB, does not fall below the
amount of its registered share capital (Stammkapital); or 
 (ii) where the amount of the German Guarantor’s net
assets (or the net assets of its general partner if the German Guarantor is a GmbH & Co. KG) is already below the amount of its registered share capital, as is required to ensure that such amount is not further reduced. 

(2) The limitations set forth in Section 3(b)(1) above shall not apply: 

(i) if following the Guarantee Demand Date, the relevant German Guarantor (or its general partner if the relevant German Guarantor is a
limited partnership) does not provide financial statements in accordance with clauses (5) and (6) below; 
 (ii) if the
relevant German Guarantor (or, if the German Guarantor is a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner) is party to a domination and/or profit and loss transfer agreement (Beherrschungs- und/oder Gewinnabführungsvertrag) (a
“DPTA”), unless the German Guarantor’s claim for absorption of losses pursuant to section 302 German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – “AktG”) is or cannot be expected to be fully
recoverable (unless a higher or supreme court has found by way of a final judgment that the requirement of a fully recoverable counterclaim is not applicable if a DPTA is in place); or 

(iii) if and to the extent the German Guarantor holds on the Guarantee Demand Date a fully recoverable indemnity claim or claim for refund
(vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) against its shareholder. 
 (3) If, following a
legislative amendment of, or the rendering of a final judgment by the German Federal High Court of Justice with respect to, section 30 et seq. of the German Limited Liability Companies Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschrankter
Haftung – “GmbHG”) after the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the German Guarantor submits reasonable evidence that the exception referred to in Section 3(b)(2)(ii) above is no longer available to assist the
relevant German Guarantor in not violating the capital maintenance requirements contained in section 30 et seq. GmbHG, the limitations set forth in this clause (3) shall apply in a way that Section 3(b)(2)(ii) above shall no longer apply.

 (4) For the purpose of the calculation of the net assets of a German Guarantor, the following balance sheet items shall be
adjusted as follows: 
 (i) the amount of any increase of the German Guarantor’s or its general partner’s registered
share capital after the date of this Supplemental Indenture (x) that has been effected without the prior written consent of the Trustee, or (y) to the extent that it is not fully paid up, in each case, shall be deducted from the German
Guarantor’s or its general partner’s registered share capital; 

  
 C-2-3









 (ii) loans provided to the German Guarantor or its general partner by the Issuer or any
other Guarantor shall be disregarded if and to the extent those loans are subordinated or are considered subordinated pursuant to section 39 para. 1 no. 5 and/or para. 2 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung – InsO); and

 (iii) loans or other liabilities incurred in negligent or willful violation of the provisions of the Indenture shall be
disregarded. 
 (5) For the purpose of the calculation of the net assets, the relevant German Guarantor shall deliver, within 15
Business Days following the Guarantee Demand Date, to the Trustee a notice stating to what extent the amount payable in respect of such German Guarantor’s Guarantee shall be limited in accordance with Section 3(b)(1) above after taking
into account the adjustments in clause (3) above, such notice to be supported by evidence reasonably requested by to the Trustee, i.e. interim financial statements (Stichtagsbilanz) showing the balance sheet positions referenced in
Section 3(b)(1)(i) above as of the Guarantee Demand Date (the “Management Determination”). 
 (6) Following
the Trustee’s receipt of the Management Determination, upon the Trustee’s reasonable request, the relevant German Guarantor (or its general partner if the relevant German Guarantor is a limited partnership) shall deliver, within 25
Business Days following receipt of such request, to the Trustee a balance sheet as of the last day of the calendar month ending before the Guarantee Demand Date prepared by a firm of auditors of internationally recognized standing and repute
together with a determination of the net assets. Such balance sheet and determination of net assets shall be prepared in accordance with accounting principles pursuant to the German Commercial Code and be based on the same principles that were
applied when establishing the previous year’s balance sheet. Such auditor’s determination (the “Auditors’ Determination”) pertaining to the relevant German Guarantor (or, in the case of a GmbH & Co.
KG, its general partner) shall be prepared as of the Guarantee Demand Date. 
 (7) The Trustee shall be entitled to demand
payment under the Guarantee of a German Guarantor in an amount which would not, in accordance with the Management Determination or, if applicable and taking into account any previous enforcement in accordance with the Management Determination and
the Auditors’ Determination, cause the German Guarantor’s net assets (or if the German Guarantor is a limited partnership, its general partner’s net assets) to be reduced below zero or further reduced if already below zero. If and to
the extent the net assets as determined by the Auditors’ Determination are less than the amount enforced in accordance with the Management Determination, the Trustee shall release to the relevant German Guarantor (or if the German Guarantor is
a limited partnership, to its general partner) such excess enforcement proceeds. The Trustee shall withhold any amount received pursuant to an enforcement of the Guarantee until final determination of the amount of the net assets pursuant to the
Auditors’ Determination. 

  
 C-2-4









 (8) In the event that the relevant German Guarantor does not have sufficient net assets to
maintain its registered share capital, the relevant German Guarantor shall, within three months after a written request by the Trustee, dispose of all assets which are not necessary for its business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) on market terms
where the relevant assets are shown in the balance sheet of the relevant German Guarantor with a book value which is significantly lower than the market value of such assets. After the expiry of such three month period the German Guarantor shall,
within three Business Days, notify the Trustee of the amount of the net proceeds from the sale and submit a statement with a new calculation of the amount of the net assets of the German Guarantor (or if the German Guarantor is a limited
partnership, of its general partner) taking into account such proceeds. Such calculation shall, upon the Trustee’s reasonable request, be confirmed by the auditors of the German Guarantor within a period of 20 Business Days following such
request. 
 (c) In the case of any New Guarantor that has executed this Supplemental Indenture and that is organized and
existing under the laws of Luxembourg (a “Luxembourg Guarantor”): 
 (1) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in the Indenture, the aggregate maximum amount payable by any such Luxembourg Guarantor in respect of the aggregate amount of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s Guarantee and any guarantee under the Credit Agreement Documents for
the obligations of the Issuer and any Guarantor which is not its direct or indirect Subsidiary shall be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of (in each case without double-counting): 

(i) 95% of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s net assets (“capitaux propres”) and its subordinated debt (“dettes
subordonnées”) (the “Luxembourg Subordinated Debt”), as determined by article 34 of the Luxembourg Law of 19 December 2002 on the Register of Commerce and Companies, on accounting and on annual accounts of the
companies; and 
 (ii) the debt (other than the Luxembourg Subordinated Debt) owed by such Luxembourg Guarantor to any member of
the Intercompany Group as set forth in the most recently approved or existing financial statements, either at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or on the relevant Guarantee Demand Date. 

(2) The limitations set forth in Section 3(c)(1) above with respect to any Luxembourg Guarantor shall not apply to amounts made
available to the Issuer and any Guarantor under the Indenture which have been directly or indirectly made available by the Issuer and a Guarantor to any Subsidiary of any Luxembourg Guarantor. 

For purposes of each of this Section 3 of this Supplemental Indenture, “Guarantee Demand Date” means the first date
upon which the Trustee or, to the extent permissible under the Indenture, any holders of the Notes, make written demand upon the relevant Guarantor pursuant to 10.01(h) of the Indenture to make payment with respect to such Guarantor’s
Guarantee. 
 4. Notices. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in
Section 11.02 of the Indenture. 

  
 C-2-5









 5. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as
expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all
purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 6.
Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 

7. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture. 
 8. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy
shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 9. Effect of Headings. The Section
headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have
caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	 TAMINCO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
 as the Issuer

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
[                                        
]
		 	Title:
  [                                       
 ]
	
	 [NEW SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR] ,
 as a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
[                                        
]
		 	Title:
  [                                       
 ]
	
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
[                                        
]
		 	Title:
  [                                       
 ]



  
 C-2-6